ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.91
Committed: Mon Apr 2 23:46:27 2012 UTC (12 years, 1 month ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
Changes since 1.90: +7 -1 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.88 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41     'br\}
42     .\"
43 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
44     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
45     .el .ds Aq '
46     .\"
47 root 1.1 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
48 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
49 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
50     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
51 root 1.60 .ie \nF \{\
52 root 1.1 . de IX
53     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
54     ..
55     . nr % 0
56     . rr F
57     .\}
58 root 1.60 .el \{\
59     . de IX
60     ..
61     .\}
62 root 1.1 .\"
63     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
64     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
65     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
66     .if n \{\
67     . ds #H 0
68     . ds #V .8m
69     . ds #F .3m
70     . ds #[ \f1
71     . ds #] \fP
72     .\}
73     .if t \{\
74     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
75     . ds #V .6m
76     . ds #F 0
77     . ds #[ \&
78     . ds #] \&
79     .\}
80     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
81     .if n \{\
82     . ds ' \&
83     . ds ` \&
84     . ds ^ \&
85     . ds , \&
86     . ds ~ ~
87     . ds /
88     .\}
89     .if t \{\
90     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
91     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
92     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
93     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
94     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
95     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
96     .\}
97     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
98     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
99     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
100     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
101     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
102     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
103     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
104     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
105     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
106     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
107     . \" corrections for vroff
108     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
109     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
110     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
111     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
112     \{\
113     . ds : e
114     . ds 8 ss
115     . ds o a
116     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
117     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
118     . ds th \o'bp'
119     . ds Th \o'LP'
120     . ds ae ae
121     . ds Ae AE
122     .\}
123     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
124     .\" ========================================================================
125     .\"
126 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
127 root 1.90 .TH LIBEV 3 "2012-04-03" "libev-4.11" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
128 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
129     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
130     .if n .ad l
131     .nh
132 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
133     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
134     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
135     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
136 root 1.28 .Vb 1
137 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
138 root 1.28 .Ve
139 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0"
140 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
141 root 1.61 .Vb 2
142 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
143     \& #include <ev.h>
144 root 1.60 \&
145 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
146     \&
147 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
148 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
149 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
150     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
151     \&
152     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
153     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
154     \& static void
155 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
156 root 1.68 \& {
157     \& puts ("stdin ready");
158     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
159     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
160     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
161     \&
162 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
163     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
164 root 1.68 \& }
165     \&
166     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
167     \& static void
168 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
169 root 1.68 \& {
170     \& puts ("timeout");
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& int
176     \& main (void)
177     \& {
178     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
179 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
180 root 1.68 \&
181     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
182     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
183     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
184     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
185     \&
186     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
187     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
188     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
189     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
190     \&
191     \& // now wait for events to arrive
192 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
193 root 1.68 \&
194 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
195 root 1.68 \& return 0;
196     \& }
197 root 1.27 .Ve
198 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
199     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
200     This document documents the libev software package.
201     .PP
202 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
203 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
204 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
205 root 1.39 .PP
206 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
207     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
208     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
209     with libev.
210     .PP
211 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
212 root 1.78 throughout this document.
213 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
214     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
215     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
216     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
217     reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY\s0 \s-1OF\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0\*(R", then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0\*(R" above and
218     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0\*(R" and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
219     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1TYPES\s0\*(R".
220 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
221     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
222 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
223 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
224 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
225     .PP
226     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
227     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
228     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
229     .PP
230     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
231     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
232     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
233     watcher.
234 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
235 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
236 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
237     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
238     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
239 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
240     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
241     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
242     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
243     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
244     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
245     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
246     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
247 root 1.28 .PP
248     It also is quite fast (see this
249 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
250 root 1.28 for example).
251 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
252 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
253 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
254     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
255     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
256     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
257     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
258 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
259 root 1.61 this argument.
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1TIME\s0 \s-1REPRESENTATION\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
262 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
263 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
264     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
265     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
266     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
267     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
268     .PP
269     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
270     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
271 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
272     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
273     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
274     and internal errors (bugs).
275     .PP
276     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
277 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
278 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
279     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
280     ()\*(C'\fR.
281     .PP
282     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
283     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
284     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
285     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
286     .PP
287     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
288     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
289     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
290 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
291     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
292     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
293     library in any way.
294     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
295     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
296 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
297     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
298 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
299 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
300 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
301     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
302 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
303     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
304     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
305     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
306     .Sp
307     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
308     .Sp
309     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
310     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
311 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
312     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
313     .PD 0
314     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
315     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
316     .PD
317 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
318 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
319     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
320     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
321     version of the library your program was compiled against.
322     .Sp
323 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
324     release version.
325 root 1.47 .Sp
326 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
327 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
328 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
329     not a problem.
330 root 1.9 .Sp
331 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
332 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
333     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
334 root 1.9 .Sp
335     .Vb 3
336 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
337     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
338     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
339 root 1.9 .Ve
340 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
341     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
342     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
343     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
344     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
345     a description of the set values.
346 root 1.9 .Sp
347     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
348     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
349     .Sp
350     .Vb 2
351 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
352     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
353 root 1.9 .Ve
354 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
355     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
356 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
357     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
358     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
359     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
360     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
361     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
362     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
363 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
365     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
366 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
367     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
368     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
369     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
370 root 1.10 .Sp
371     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
372 root 1.84 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size))" 4
373     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size))"
374 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
375 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
376     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
377     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
378     or take some potentially destructive action.
379     .Sp
380     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
381     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
382     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
383 root 1.1 .Sp
384     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
385     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
386     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
387 root 1.9 .Sp
388 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
389 root 1.64 retries (example requires a standards-compliant \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR).
390 root 1.9 .Sp
391     .Vb 6
392     \& static void *
393 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
394 root 1.9 \& {
395     \& for (;;)
396     \& {
397     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
398 root 1.60 \&
399 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
400     \& return newptr;
401 root 1.60 \&
402 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
403     \& }
404     \& }
405 root 1.60 \&
406 root 1.9 \& ...
407     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
408     .Ve
409 root 1.84 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg))" 4
410     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg))"
411 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
412 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
413     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
414 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
415 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
416     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
417     (such as abort).
418 root 1.9 .Sp
419 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
420 root 1.9 .Sp
421     .Vb 6
422     \& static void
423     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
424     \& {
425     \& perror (msg);
426     \& abort ();
427     \& }
428 root 1.60 \&
429 root 1.9 \& ...
430     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
431     .Ve
432 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
433     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
434     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
435     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
436     handlers or random threads.
437     .Sp
438     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
439     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
440     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
441     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
442     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
443     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
444 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
445     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
446     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
447     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
448     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
449 root 1.73 .PP
450     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
451 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
452     do not.
453 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
454     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
455 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
456     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
457     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
458     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
459     .Sp
460     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
461     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
462     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
463     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
464     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
465 root 1.1 .Sp
466     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
467 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
468 root 1.1 .Sp
469 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
470 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
471     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
472     threads anyway).
473     .Sp
474     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
475     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
476     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
477     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
478     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
479     .Sp
480     Example: This is the most typical usage.
481     .Sp
482     .Vb 2
483     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
484     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
485     .Ve
486     .Sp
487     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
488     environment settings to be taken into account:
489     .Sp
490     .Vb 1
491     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
492     .Ve
493     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
494     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
495     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
496     could not be initialised, returns false.
497 root 1.63 .Sp
498 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
499     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
500     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
501 root 1.60 .Sp
502 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
503 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
504 root 1.1 .Sp
505 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
506 root 1.1 .RS 4
507     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
508     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
509     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
510     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
511     thing, believe me).
512     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
513     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
514     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
515 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
516 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
517     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
518     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
519     useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, or to work
520     around bugs.
521 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
522     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
523     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
524 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
525     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
526 root 1.35 .Sp
527     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
528     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
529 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
530 root 1.61 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn sequence
531 root 1.68 without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux system also has
532 root 1.35 \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster).
533     .Sp
534     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
535     forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking) when you use this
536     flag.
537     .Sp
538 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
539 root 1.35 environment variable.
540 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
541     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
542     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
543     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
544 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
545 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
546     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
547 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
548     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
549     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
550     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
551 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
552 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
553     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
554     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
555     threads that are not interested in handling them.
556     .Sp
557     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
558     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
559     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
560 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
561     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
562     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
563     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
564 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
565 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
566     .Sp
567     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
568     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
569     unblocking the signals.
570     .Sp
571 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
572     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
573     .Sp
574 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
575 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
576     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
577     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
578 root 1.3 This is your standard \fIselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
579     libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
580     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
581 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
582 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
583 root 1.58 .Sp
584     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
585 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
586 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
587     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
588     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
589 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
590 root 1.71 .Sp
591     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
592     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
593     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
594 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
595     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
596     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
597 root 1.58 And this is your standard \fIpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
598     than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
599     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
600     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
601     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
602     performance tips.
603 root 1.71 .Sp
604     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
605     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
606 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
607     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
608     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
609 root 1.81 Use the linux-specific \fIepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
610     kernels).
611     .Sp
612 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
613     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
614     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
615     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
616 root 1.73 .Sp
617     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
618     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
619     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
620 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
621     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
622     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
623     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
624     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
625     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
626     and is of course hard to detect.
627 root 1.73 .Sp
628 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
629     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
630     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
631     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
632     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
633     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
634     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
635     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
636     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
637     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
638 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
639     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
640 root 1.3 .Sp
641 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
642     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
643     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
644 root 1.84 .Sp
645 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
646 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
647     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
648     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
649     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
650     file descriptors.
651 root 1.58 .Sp
652     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
653 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
654     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
655     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
656 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
657     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
658     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
659 root 1.58 .Sp
660 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
661     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
662     the usage. So sad.
663     .Sp
664 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
665 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
666 root 1.71 .Sp
667     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
668     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
669 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
670     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
671     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
672 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
673     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
674     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
675     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
676     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
677     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
678     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
679     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
680     system like NetBSD.
681 root 1.3 .Sp
682 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
683     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
684     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
685     .Sp
686 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
687 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
688     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
689 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
690 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
691     might have to leak fd's on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
692     drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases
693 root 1.58 .Sp
694     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
695     .Sp
696     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
697     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
698     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
699     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
700 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
701     also broken on \s-1OS\s0 X)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
702 root 1.71 .Sp
703     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
704     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
705     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
706 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
707     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
708     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
709 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
710     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
711     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
712     immensely.
713 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
714     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
715     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
716 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
717 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
718 root 1.7 .Sp
719 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
720     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
721     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
722     might perform better.
723 root 1.60 .Sp
724 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
725     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
726     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
727     hacks).
728     .Sp
729     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
730     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
731 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
732 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
733 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
734     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
735     to re-arm the watcher.
736 root 1.85 .Sp
737     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
738 root 1.71 .Sp
739     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
740     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
741 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
742     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
743     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
744 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
745     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
746 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
747 root 1.58 .Sp
748 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
749     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
750     at all.
751     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
752     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
753     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
754     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
755     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
756     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
757 root 1.1 .RE
758     .RS 4
759 root 1.3 .Sp
760 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
761     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
762     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
763     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
764 root 1.8 .Sp
765 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
766 root 1.8 .Sp
767 root 1.82 .Vb 3
768     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
769     \& if (!epoller)
770     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
771 root 1.8 .Ve
772     .Sp
773 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
774 root 1.82 used if available.
775 root 1.8 .Sp
776     .Vb 1
777 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
778 root 1.8 .Ve
779 root 1.1 .RE
780 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
781     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
782     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
783 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
784     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
785 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
786 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
787 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
788 root 1.12 for example).
789 root 1.52 .Sp
790 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
791     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
792     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
793 root 1.52 .Sp
794 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
795     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
796     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
797     .Sp
798     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
799 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
800 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
801     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
802     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
803     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
804     This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations to
805     reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite the
806 root 1.60 name, you can call it anytime, but it makes most sense after forking, in
807 root 1.82 the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the
808     child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
809     .Sp
810     Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
811     a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
812     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
813     during fork.
814 root 1.60 .Sp
815     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
816 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
817     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
818     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
819     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
820     costly reset of the backend).
821 root 1.1 .Sp
822     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
823 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
824     .Sp
825     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
826     using pthreads.
827 root 1.1 .Sp
828 root 1.82 .Vb 5
829     \& static void
830     \& post_fork_child (void)
831     \& {
832     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
833     \& }
834     \&
835     \& ...
836     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
837 root 1.1 .Ve
838 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
839     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
840 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
841     otherwise.
842 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
843     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
844     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
845     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
846     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
847 root 1.37 .Sp
848     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
849     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
850 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
851     prepare and check phases.
852     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
853     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
854     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
855 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
856 root 1.79 .Sp
857 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
858     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
859 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
860     .Sp
861 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
862     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
863     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
864     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
865 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
866     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
867     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
868 root 1.1 use.
869     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
870     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
871     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
872 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
873     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
874     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
875 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
876 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
877     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
878     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
879     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
880 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
881 root 1.71 .Sp
882     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
883     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
884     the current time is a good idea.
885     .Sp
886     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
887 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
888     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
889     .PD 0
890     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
891     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
892     .PD
893 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
894     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
895 root 1.78 .Sp
896     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
897     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
898     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
899     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
900     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
901     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
902     .Sp
903     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
904     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
905     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
906 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
907 root 1.78 .Sp
908     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
909     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
910     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
911     .Sp
912     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
913     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
914 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
915     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
916 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
917 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
918 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
919 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
920 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
921 root 1.1 .Sp
922 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
923     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
924     called.
925 root 1.1 .Sp
926 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
927     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
928     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
929     .Sp
930 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
931 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
932 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
933     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
934     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
935     beauty.
936 root 1.9 .Sp
937 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
938     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
939 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
940     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
941     .Sp
942 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
943     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
944     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
945     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
946     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
947 root 1.1 .Sp
948 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
949 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
950     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
951 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
952 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
953     iteration of the loop.
954     .Sp
955     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
956     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
957 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
958 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
959     .Sp
960 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
961     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
962     future versions):
963 root 1.8 .Sp
964 root 1.60 .Vb 10
965 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
966     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
967 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
968 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
969     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
970 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
971 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
972 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
973 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
974     \& as to not disturb the other process.
975 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
976 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
977 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
978 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
979 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
980     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
981 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
982 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
983     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
984 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
985     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
986     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
987 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
988 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
989     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
990 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
991     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
992 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
993     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
994     \& continue with step LOOP.
995     \& FINISH:
996     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
997     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
998     \& \- Return.
999 root 1.2 .Ve
1000 root 1.9 .Sp
1001 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1002 root 1.9 anymore.
1003     .Sp
1004     .Vb 4
1005     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1006     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1007 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1008 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1009 root 1.9 .Ve
1010 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1011     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1012     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1013 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1014 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1015     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1016 root 1.60 .Sp
1017 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1018 root 1.72 .Sp
1019 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1020     which case it will have no effect.
1021 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1022     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1023     .PD 0
1024     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1025     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1026     .PD
1027     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1028     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1029 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1030 root 1.71 .Sp
1031 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1032 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1033 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1034     before stopping it.
1035 root 1.71 .Sp
1036 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1037 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1038 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1039     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1040     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1041     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1042     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1043     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1044     in the callback).
1045 root 1.9 .Sp
1046 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1047 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1048     .Sp
1049     .Vb 4
1050 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1051 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1052     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1053 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1054 root 1.9 .Ve
1055     .Sp
1056 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1057 root 1.9 .Sp
1058     .Vb 2
1059 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1060     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1061 root 1.9 .Ve
1062 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1063     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1064 root 1.56 .PD 0
1065 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1066     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1067 root 1.56 .PD
1068     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1069 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1070     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1071     latency.
1072 root 1.56 .Sp
1073     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1074 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1075     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1076     opportunities).
1077     .Sp
1078     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1079     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1080     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1081 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1082     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1083     .Sp
1084     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1085     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1086     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1087 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1088 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1089     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1090 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1091     good enough).
1092 root 1.56 .Sp
1093     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1094     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1095 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1096     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1097     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1098 root 1.56 .Sp
1099 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1100 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1101     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1102     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1103 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1104     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1105     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1106     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1107 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1108 root 1.71 .Sp
1109     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1110     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1111     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1112     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1113     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1114     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1115 root 1.79 .Sp
1116     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1117     more often than 100 times per second:
1118     .Sp
1119     .Vb 2
1120     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1121     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1122     .Ve
1123     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1124     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1125     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1126 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1127     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1128     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1129     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1130     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1131     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1132 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1133     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1134     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1135     are pending.
1136     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1137     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1138     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1139 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1140 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1141     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1142     .Sp
1143     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1144     callback.
1145     .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1146     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P), void (*acquire)(EV_P))"
1147     Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1148     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1149     each call to a libev function.
1150     .Sp
1151 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1152     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1153 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1154 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1155 root 1.79 .Sp
1156     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1157     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1158     afterwards.
1159     .Sp
1160     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1161     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1162     .Sp
1163     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1164     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1165     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1166     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1167 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1168 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1169     .Sp
1170 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1171 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1172     .Sp
1173     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1174     document.
1175     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1176     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1177     .PD 0
1178 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1179     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1180 root 1.79 .PD
1181     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1182     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1183 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1184 root 1.79 .Sp
1185     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1186     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1187     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1188     any other purpose as well.
1189 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1190     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1191 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1192 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1193 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1194     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1195     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1196 root 1.67 .Sp
1197     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1198     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1199     data structures consistent.
1200 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1201     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1202 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1203     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1204     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1205     .PP
1206 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1207     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1208     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1209     for that:
1210 root 1.1 .PP
1211     .Vb 5
1212 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1213 root 1.68 \& {
1214     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1215 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1216 root 1.68 \& }
1217     \&
1218     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1219 root 1.73 \&
1220     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1221     \&
1222 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1223     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1224     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1225 root 1.73 \&
1226 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1227 root 1.1 .Ve
1228     .PP
1229     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1230 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1231     stack).
1232     .PP
1233     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1234     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1235 root 1.1 .PP
1236 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1237     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1238     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1239     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1240     and/or writable).
1241 root 1.1 .PP
1242 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1243     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1244     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1245 root 1.1 .PP
1246     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1247 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1248 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1249 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1250 root 1.1 .PP
1251     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1252     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1253 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1254 root 1.1 .PP
1255     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1256     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1257     third argument.
1258     .PP
1259     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1260     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1261     are:
1262     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1263     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1264     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1265     .PD 0
1266     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1267     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1268     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1269     .PD
1270     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1271     writable.
1272 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1273     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1274     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1275 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1276     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1277     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1278     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1279     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1280     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1281     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1282     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1283     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1284     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1285     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1286     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1287     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1288 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1289     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1290     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1291     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1292 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1293     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1294     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1295     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1296     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1297     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1298     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1299     .PD 0
1300     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1301     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1302     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1303     .PD
1304 root 1.82 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts
1305 root 1.1 to gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just after
1306 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it invokes any callbacks for any
1307 root 1.1 received events. Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as
1308     many watchers as they want, and all of them will be taken into account
1309     (for example, a \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep
1310 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from blocking).
1311 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1312     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1313     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1314     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1315     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1316     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1317     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1318     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1319     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1320 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1321     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1322     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1323     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1324 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1325     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1326     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1327     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1328 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1329     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1330     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1331     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1332     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1333 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1334     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1335     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1336 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1337 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1338     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1339 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1340     .Sp
1341     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1342     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1343     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1344     bug in your program.
1345 root 1.1 .Sp
1346 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1347     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1348     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1349     the error from \fIread()\fR or \fIwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1350     programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1351     thing, so beware.
1352 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1GENERIC\s0 \s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0"
1353 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1354 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1355     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1356     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1357     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1358     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1359     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1360     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1361     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1362     which rolls both calls into one.
1363     .Sp
1364     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1365     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1366     .Sp
1367 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1368 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1369 root 1.71 .Sp
1370     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1371     .Sp
1372     .Vb 3
1373     \& ev_io w;
1374     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1375     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1376     .Ve
1377 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1378     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1379     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1380 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1381     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1382     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1383     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1384     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1385     .Sp
1386     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1387     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1388 root 1.71 .Sp
1389     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1390 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1391     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1392     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1393 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1394     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1395 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1396 root 1.71 .Sp
1397     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1398     .Sp
1399     .Vb 1
1400     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1401     .Ve
1402 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1403     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1404     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1405 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1406     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1407 root 1.71 .Sp
1408     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1409     whole section.
1410     .Sp
1411     .Vb 1
1412     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1413     .Ve
1414 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1415     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1416     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1417 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1418     the watcher was active or not).
1419     .Sp
1420     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1421     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1422     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1423     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1424     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1425 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1426     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1427     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1428     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1429     it.
1430     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1431     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1432     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1433     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1434     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1435 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1436     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1437     it).
1438 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1439     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1440 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1441     .IP "ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1442     .IX Item "ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1443     Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1444     (modulo threads).
1445 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1446     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1447 root 1.37 .PD 0
1448     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1449     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1450     .PD
1451     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1452     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1453     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1454     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1455     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1456     .Sp
1457     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1458     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1459     .Sp
1460 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1461     pending.
1462     .Sp
1463 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1464     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1465     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1466     .Sp
1467 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1468     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1469     .Sp
1470 root 1.78 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0\*(R", below, for a more thorough treatment of
1471     priorities.
1472 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1473     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1474     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1475     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1476 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1477     callback.
1478 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1479     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1480 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1481     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1482 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1483 root 1.71 .Sp
1484     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1485     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1486 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1487     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1488     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1489     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1490     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1491     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1492     .Sp
1493     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1494     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1495     not started in the first place.
1496     .Sp
1497     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1498     functions that do not need a watcher.
1499 root 1.1 .PP
1500 root 1.85 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING\s0 \s-1CUSTOM\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0\*(R" and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING\s0 \s-1YOUR\s0
1501     \&\s-1OWN\s0 \s-1COMPOSITE\s0 \s-1WATCHERS\s0\*(R" idioms.
1502 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0"
1503     .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1504     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1505     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1506     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1507     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1508     .IP "initialiased" 4
1509     .IX Item "initialiased"
1510 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1511 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1512     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1513     .Sp
1514 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1515     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1516     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1517     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1518 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1519     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1520     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1521     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1522     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1523     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1524     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1525     .IP "pending" 4
1526     .IX Item "pending"
1527     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1528     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1529     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1530     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1531     callback.
1532     .Sp
1533     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1534     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1535     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1536     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1537     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1538     previous item still apply.
1539     .Sp
1540     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1541     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1542     active.
1543     .IP "stopped" 4
1544     .IX Item "stopped"
1545     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1546     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1547     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1548     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1549     freeing it is often a good idea.
1550     .Sp
1551     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1552 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1553     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1554     it again).
1555 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0"
1556 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1557     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1558     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1559     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1560     .PP
1561     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1562     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1563     range.
1564     .PP
1565     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1566     by event loops:
1567     .PP
1568     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1569     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1570     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1571     .PP
1572     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1573     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1574     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1575     before polling for new events.
1576     .PP
1577     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1578     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1579     .PP
1580     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1581     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1582     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1583     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1584     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1585     priority ones.
1586     .PP
1587     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1588     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1589     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1590     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1591     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1592     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1593     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1594     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1595     always, what you want).
1596     .PP
1597     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1598     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1599     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1600     required.
1601     .PP
1602     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1603     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1604     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1605     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1606 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1607 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1608     workable.
1609     .PP
1610     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1611     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1612     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1613     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1614     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1615     .PP
1616     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1617     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1618     other events are pending:
1619     .PP
1620     .Vb 2
1621     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1622     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1623     \&
1624     \& static void
1625     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1626     \& {
1627     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1628     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1629     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1630     \&
1631 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1632 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1633     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1634     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1635     \& }
1636     \&
1637     \& static void
1638 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1639 root 1.78 \& {
1640     \& // actual processing
1641     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1642     \&
1643     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1644     \& // we have handled the event
1645     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1646     \& }
1647     \&
1648     \& // initialisation
1649     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1650     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1651     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1652     .Ve
1653     .PP
1654     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1655     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1656     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1657     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1658     important ones.
1659 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1660     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1661     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1662 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1663     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1664     .PP
1665     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1666     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1667     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1668     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1669     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1670     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1671     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1672     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1673 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1674     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1675 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1676 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1677 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1678     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1679     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1680     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1681     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1682     receive future events.
1683 root 1.1 .PP
1684     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1685     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1686     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1687     required if you know what you are doing).
1688     .PP
1689 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1690 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1691 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1692 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1693     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1694     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1695     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1696 root 1.17 .PP
1697 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1698     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1699     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1700 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1701     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1702 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1703     indefinitely.
1704     .PP
1705     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1706 root 1.49 .PP
1707     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1708     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1709     .PP
1710 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1711 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1712     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1713 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1714     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1715     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1716     fact, a different file descriptor.
1717     .PP
1718     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1719     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1720     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1721     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1722     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1723     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1724     .PP
1725     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1726     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1727     optimisations to libev.
1728 root 1.50 .PP
1729 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1730     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1731 root 1.54 .PP
1732     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1733 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1734     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1735     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1736 root 1.54 .PP
1737 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1738     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1739 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1740     .PP
1741 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1742     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1743     .PP
1744     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1745     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1746     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1747     .PP
1748     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1749     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1750     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1751     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1752     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1753     .PP
1754     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1755     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1756     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1757     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1758     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1759     .PP
1760     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1761     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1762     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1763     convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT\s0, which is
1764     usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1765     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1766     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1767     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1768     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1769     .PP
1770     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1771     libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT\s0, or
1772     when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1773     reuse the same code path.
1774     .PP
1775 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1776     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1777     .PP
1778     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1779     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1780 root 1.85 it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the child.
1781 root 1.54 .PP
1782 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1783     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1784     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1785 root 1.54 .PP
1786 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1787     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1788     .PP
1789 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1790     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1791     sent a \s-1SIGPIPE\s0, which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1792     this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1793 root 1.63 .PP
1794     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1795     ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1796     somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1797     .PP
1798 root 1.82 \fIThe special problem of \fIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1799     .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1800     .PP
1801     Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1802     found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1803     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1804     .PP
1805     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1806     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1807     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1808     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1809     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1810     .PP
1811     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1812     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1813     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1814     cope with overload is known (to me).
1815     .PP
1816     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1817     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1818     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1819     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1820     .PP
1821     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1822     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1823     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1824     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1825     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1826     usage.
1827     .PP
1828     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1829     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1830     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1831     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1832     clients under typical overload conditions.
1833     .PP
1834     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1835     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1836     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1837     .PP
1838 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1839     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1840 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1841     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1842     .PD 0
1843     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1844     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1845     .PD
1846 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1847 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1848     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1849 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1850     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1851     The file descriptor being watched.
1852     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1853     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1854     The events being watched.
1855 root 1.9 .PP
1856 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1857     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1858     .PP
1859 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1860 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1861 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1862 root 1.9 .PP
1863     .Vb 6
1864 root 1.68 \& static void
1865 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1866 root 1.68 \& {
1867     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1868 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1869 root 1.68 \& }
1870     \&
1871     \& ...
1872     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1873 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1874 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1875     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1876 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1877 root 1.9 .Ve
1878 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1879     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1880 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1881 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1882     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1883     .PP
1884     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1885 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1886 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1887 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1888 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1889     .PP
1890 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1891 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1892 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1893     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1894     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1895     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1896     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1897 root 1.71 .PP
1898 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1899     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1900     .PP
1901     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1902     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1903     you want to raise some error after a while.
1904     .PP
1905     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1906     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1907     .PP
1908     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1909     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1910     data or other life sign was received).
1911     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1912     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1913     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1914     start the watcher:
1915     .Sp
1916     .Vb 2
1917     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1918     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1919     .Ve
1920     .Sp
1921     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1922     and start it again:
1923     .Sp
1924     .Vb 3
1925     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1926     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1927     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1928     .Ve
1929     .Sp
1930     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1931     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1932     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1933     still not a constant-time operation.
1934     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1935     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1936     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1937     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1938     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1939     .Sp
1940     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1941     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1942     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1943     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1944     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1945     .Sp
1946     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1947     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1948     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1949     .Sp
1950     At start:
1951     .Sp
1952     .Vb 3
1953 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1954 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1955     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1956     .Ve
1957     .Sp
1958     Each time there is some activity:
1959     .Sp
1960     .Vb 1
1961     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1962     .Ve
1963     .Sp
1964     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
1965     whether the watcher is active or not:
1966     .Sp
1967     .Vb 2
1968     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
1969     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1970     .Ve
1971     .Sp
1972     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
1973     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
1974     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
1975     .Sp
1976     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
1977     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
1978     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
1979     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
1980     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
1981     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
1982     associated activity resets.
1983     .Sp
1984     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
1985     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
1986     within the callback:
1987     .Sp
1988 root 1.88 .Vb 3
1989     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
1990 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
1991 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
1992 root 1.73 \&
1993     \& static void
1994     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
1995     \& {
1996 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
1997     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
1998 root 1.73 \&
1999 root 1.88 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occured
2000     \& if (after < 0.)
2001 root 1.73 \& {
2002 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2003 root 1.73 \& }
2004     \& else
2005     \& {
2006 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2007     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2008     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2009     \& // the timeout can occur.
2010     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2011     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2012 root 1.73 \& }
2013     \& }
2014     .Ve
2015     .Sp
2016 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2017     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2018     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2019     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2020     .Sp
2021     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2022     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2023     .Sp
2024     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2025     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2026     .Sp
2027     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2028     the timeout cocured. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2029     again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2030 root 1.73 .Sp
2031     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2032     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2033     libev to change the timeout.
2034     .Sp
2035 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2036     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2037     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2038     the timer:
2039 root 1.73 .Sp
2040     .Vb 3
2041 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2042     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2043     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2044 root 1.73 .Ve
2045     .Sp
2046 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2047 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2048     .Sp
2049 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2050     \& if (activity detected)
2051     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2052     .Ve
2053     .Sp
2054     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2055     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2056     will agaion do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2057     .Sp
2058     .Vb 3
2059     \& timeout = new_value;
2060     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2061     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2062 root 1.73 .Ve
2063     .Sp
2064     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2065     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2066     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2067     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2068     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2069     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2070     do even better:
2071     .Sp
2072     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2073     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2074     .Sp
2075     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2076     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2077     .Sp
2078     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2079     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2080     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2081     .Sp
2082     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2083     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2084     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2085     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2086     .PP
2087     So which method the best?
2088     .PP
2089     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2090     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2091     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2092     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2093     .PP
2094     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2095     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2096     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2097     overkill :)
2098     .PP
2099 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2100     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2101     .PP
2102     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2103     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2104     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2105     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2106     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2107     .PP
2108     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2109     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2110     .PP
2111     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2112     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2113     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2114     expect.
2115     .PP
2116     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2117     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2118     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2119     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2120     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2121     .PP
2122     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2123     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2124     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2125     intentions.
2126     .PP
2127     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2128     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2129     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2130     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2131     .PP
2132     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2133     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2134     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2135     late\*(R" side of things.
2136     .PP
2137 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2138     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2139     .PP
2140 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2141     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2142 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2143 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2144     lots of events in one iteration.
2145     .PP
2146 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2147     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2148 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2149 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2150     timeout on the current time, use something like this to adjust for this:
2151 root 1.1 .PP
2152     .Vb 1
2153 root 1.60 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + ev_now () \- ev_time (), 0.);
2154 root 1.1 .Ve
2155 root 1.2 .PP
2156 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2157     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2158     ()\*(C'\fR.
2159 root 1.50 .PP
2160 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2161     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2162     .PP
2163     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2164     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2165     jumps).
2166     .PP
2167     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2168     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2169     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2170     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2171     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2172     .PP
2173     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2174     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2175     a second or so.
2176     .PP
2177     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2178     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2179     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2180     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2181     .PP
2182     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2183     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2184     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2185     .PP
2186     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2187     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2188     exactly the right behaviour.
2189     .PP
2190     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2191     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2192     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2193     .PP
2194 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2195     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2196     .PP
2197     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2198     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2199     .PP
2200     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2201     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2202     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2203     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2204     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2205     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2206     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2207     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2208     be adjusted accordingly.
2209     .PP
2210     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2211     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2212     .PP
2213     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2214     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2215     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2216     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2217     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2218     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2219     .PP
2220     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2221     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2222     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2223     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2224     .PP
2225 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2226     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2227 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2228     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2229     .PD 0
2230     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2231     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2232     .PD
2233 root 1.67 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds. If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2234     is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
2235     reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
2236     configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR seconds later, again, and again,
2237     until stopped manually.
2238     .Sp
2239     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2240     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2241     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2242     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2243     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2244 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2245     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2246 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2247     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2248     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2249 root 1.1 .Sp
2250 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2251     applied to the watcher:
2252     .RS 4
2253     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2254     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2255     .PD 0
2256     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2257     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2258     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2259     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2260     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2261     .RE
2262     .RS 4
2263     .PD
2264 root 1.1 .Sp
2265 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2266     usage example.
2267 root 1.88 .RE
2268 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2269     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2270 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2271     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2272     the timeout value currently configured.
2273     .Sp
2274     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2275 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2276 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2277     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2278     too), and so on.
2279 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2280     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2281     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2282 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2283 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2284 root 1.9 .PP
2285 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2286     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2287     .PP
2288 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2289 root 1.9 .PP
2290     .Vb 5
2291 root 1.68 \& static void
2292 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2293 root 1.68 \& {
2294     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2295     \& }
2296     \&
2297 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2298 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2299     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2300 root 1.9 .Ve
2301     .PP
2302 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2303 root 1.9 inactivity.
2304     .PP
2305     .Vb 5
2306 root 1.68 \& static void
2307 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2308 root 1.68 \& {
2309     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2310     \& }
2311     \&
2312 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2313 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2314     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2315 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2316 root 1.68 \&
2317     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2318     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2319     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2320 root 1.9 .Ve
2321 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2322     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2323 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2324 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2325     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2326     .PP
2327 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2328     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2329     (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calender or clock). The
2330     difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2331     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2332     wrist-watch).
2333     .PP
2334     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2335     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2336     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2337     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2338     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2339     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2340     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2341     .PP
2342     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2343     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2344     other complicated rules. This cannot be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers, as
2345     those cannot react to time jumps.
2346 root 1.2 .PP
2347 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2348 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2349     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2350     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2351 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2352 root 1.50 .PP
2353     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2354     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2355 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2356     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2357 root 1.1 .PD 0
2358 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2359     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2360 root 1.1 .PD
2361 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2362 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2363 root 1.1 .RS 4
2364 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2365 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2366 root 1.60 .Sp
2367 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2368 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2369     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2370     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2371     this point in time.
2372 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2373 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2374 root 1.60 .Sp
2375 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2376 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2377     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2378     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2379 root 1.1 .Sp
2380 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2381 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2382     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2383 root 1.1 .Sp
2384     .Vb 1
2385     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2386     .Ve
2387     .Sp
2388     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2389 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2390 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2391     by 3600.
2392     .Sp
2393     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2394     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2395 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2396 root 1.46 .Sp
2397 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2398     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2399     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2400     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2401     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2402     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2403 root 1.67 .Sp
2404 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2405 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2406 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2407 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2408 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2409 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2410 root 1.60 .Sp
2411 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2412 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2413     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2414     current time as second argument.
2415     .Sp
2416 root 1.78 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST\s0 \s-1NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2417     or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2418     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2419 root 1.67 .Sp
2420     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2421     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2422     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2423 root 1.1 .Sp
2424 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2425 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2426 root 1.1 .Sp
2427 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2428     \& static ev_tstamp
2429     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2430 root 1.1 \& {
2431     \& return now + 60.;
2432     \& }
2433     .Ve
2434     .Sp
2435     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2436     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2437     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2438     might be called at other times, too.
2439     .Sp
2440 root 1.67 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2441     equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2442 root 1.1 .Sp
2443     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2444 root 1.67 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate the
2445 root 1.1 next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for this. How
2446     you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
2447     reason I omitted it as an example).
2448     .RE
2449     .RS 4
2450     .RE
2451     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2452     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2453     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2454     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2455     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2456     program when the crontabs have changed).
2457 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2458     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2459 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2460     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2461     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2462     rescheduling modes.
2463 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2464     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2465     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2466 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2467     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2468 root 1.46 .Sp
2469     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2470     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2471 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2472     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2473     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2474     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2475     called.
2476 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2477     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2478 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2479     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2480     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2481 root 1.9 .PP
2482 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2483     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2484     .PP
2485 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2486 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2487 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2488 root 1.9 .PP
2489     .Vb 5
2490 root 1.68 \& static void
2491 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2492 root 1.68 \& {
2493     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2494     \& }
2495     \&
2496 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2497 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2498     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2499 root 1.9 .Ve
2500     .PP
2501 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2502 root 1.9 .PP
2503     .Vb 1
2504 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2505 root 1.60 \&
2506 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2507 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2508 root 1.68 \& {
2509 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2510 root 1.68 \& }
2511 root 1.60 \&
2512 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2513 root 1.9 .Ve
2514     .PP
2515 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2516 root 1.9 .PP
2517     .Vb 4
2518 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2519 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2520     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2521     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2522 root 1.9 .Ve
2523 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2524     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2525 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2526 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2527     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2528 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2529 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2530     .PP
2531 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2532     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2533     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2534     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2535     .PP
2536     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2537     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2538     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2539     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2540     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2541 root 1.71 .PP
2542 root 1.80 When the first watcher gets started will libev actually register something
2543 root 1.71 with the kernel (thus it coexists with your own signal handlers as long as
2544 root 1.80 you don't register any with libev for the same signal).
2545     .PP
2546 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2547 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2548     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2549     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2550     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2551 root 1.61 .PP
2552 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2553     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2554     .PP
2555     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2556     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2557     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2558 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2559     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2560 root 1.81 .PP
2561     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2562     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2563     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2564     certain signals to be blocked.
2565     .PP
2566     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2567     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2568     choice usually).
2569     .PP
2570     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2571     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2572     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2573     .PP
2574     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2575     unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2576     the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2577     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2578     .PP
2579     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2580     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2581     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2582     .PP
2583 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2584     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2585     .PP
2586     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2587     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2588     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2589     .PP
2590     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2591     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2592     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2593     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2594     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2595     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2596     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2597     .PP
2598 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2599     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2600 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2601     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2602     .PD 0
2603     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2604     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2605     .PD
2606     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2607     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2608 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2609     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2610     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2611 root 1.61 .PP
2612     \fIExamples\fR
2613     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2614     .PP
2615 root 1.72 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT\s0.
2616 root 1.61 .PP
2617     .Vb 5
2618 root 1.68 \& static void
2619 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2620 root 1.68 \& {
2621 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2622 root 1.68 \& }
2623     \&
2624 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2625 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2626 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2627 root 1.61 .Ve
2628 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2629     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2630 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2631 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2632 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2633     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2634     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2635     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2636     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2637 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2638     in the next callback invocation is not.
2639 root 1.61 .PP
2640     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2641 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2642 root 1.61 .PP
2643 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2644     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2645     libev)
2646     .PP
2647 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2648     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2649     .PP
2650     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2651 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2652     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2653 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2654     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2655     children, even ones not watched.
2656     .PP
2657     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2658     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2659     .PP
2660     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2661     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2662     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2663     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2664     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2665     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2666     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2667 root 1.50 .PP
2668 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2669     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2670     .PP
2671     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2672     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2673     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2674 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2675     problem).
2676 root 1.71 .PP
2677 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2678     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2679 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2680     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2681 root 1.1 .PD 0
2682 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2683     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2684 root 1.1 .PD
2685     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2686     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2687     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2688     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2689     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2690 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2691     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2692     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2693 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2694     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2695     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2696     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2697     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2698     The process id that detected a status change.
2699     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2700     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2701     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2702     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2703 root 1.9 .PP
2704 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2705     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2706     .PP
2707 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2708     its completion.
2709 root 1.9 .PP
2710 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2711 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2712 root 1.61 \&
2713 root 1.68 \& static void
2714 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2715 root 1.68 \& {
2716     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2717     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2718     \& }
2719     \&
2720     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2721     \&
2722     \& if (pid < 0)
2723     \& // error
2724     \& else if (pid == 0)
2725     \& {
2726     \& // the forked child executes here
2727     \& exit (1);
2728     \& }
2729     \& else
2730     \& {
2731     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2732     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2733     \& }
2734 root 1.9 .Ve
2735 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2736     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2737 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2738 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2739 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2740     and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback if
2741     it did.
2742 root 1.22 .PP
2743     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2744 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2745     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2746     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2747     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2748     contents.
2749 root 1.22 .PP
2750 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2751     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2752     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2753     .PP
2754     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2755     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2756     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2757     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2758     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2759     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2760     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2761     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2762 root 1.22 .PP
2763     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2764     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2765 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2766 root 1.22 .PP
2767 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2768 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2769     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2770     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2771 root 1.50 .PP
2772 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2773     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2774     .PP
2775     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2776 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2777     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2778 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2779     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2780     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2781     obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI\s0, but the problem is
2782 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2783 root 1.69 .PP
2784     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2785     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2786     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2787     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2788     default compilation environment.
2789 root 1.63 .PP
2790 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2791     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2792 root 1.59 .PP
2793 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2794     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2795     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2796     watcher is being started.
2797 root 1.59 .PP
2798 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2799 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2800 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2801 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2802 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2803     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2804     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2805     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2806 root 1.59 .PP
2807 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2808 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2809 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2810     etc. is difficult.
2811 root 1.59 .PP
2812 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2813     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2814     .PP
2815     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2816     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2817     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2818     .PP
2819     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2820     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2821 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2822 root 1.74 watcher).
2823     .PP
2824     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2825     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2826     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2827     .PP
2828     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2829     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2830     .PP
2831 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2832     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2833     .PP
2834 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2835     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2836     still only support whole seconds.
2837 root 1.59 .PP
2838 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2839     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2840     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2841 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2842     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2843 root 1.65 .PP
2844     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2845 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2846 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2847     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2848     .PP
2849     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2850     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2851     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2852     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2853     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2854     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2855     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2856     the timer callback).
2857 root 1.59 .PP
2858 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2859     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2860 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2861     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2862     .PD 0
2863     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2864     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2865     .PD
2866     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2867     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2868     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2869     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2870     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2871     .Sp
2872 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2873     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2874     last change was detected).
2875 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2876     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2877 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2878 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2879     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2880     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2881     new values.
2882 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2883     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2884 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2885 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2886 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2887     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2888     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2889 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2890     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2891     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2892 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2893     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2894     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2895 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2896     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2897     The specified interval.
2898     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2899     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2900 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2901 root 1.22 .PP
2902 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2903     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2904     .PP
2905 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2906     .PP
2907 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2908 root 1.68 \& static void
2909     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2910     \& {
2911     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2912     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2913     \& {
2914     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2915     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2916     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2917     \& }
2918     \& else
2919     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2920     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2921     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2922     \& }
2923 root 1.60 \&
2924 root 1.68 \& ...
2925     \& ev_stat passwd;
2926 root 1.60 \&
2927 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2928     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2929 root 1.22 .Ve
2930 root 1.59 .PP
2931     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2932     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2933     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
2934     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
2935     .PP
2936     .Vb 2
2937 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
2938     \& static ev_timer timer;
2939 root 1.60 \&
2940 root 1.68 \& static void
2941     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2942     \& {
2943     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
2944     \&
2945     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
2946     \& }
2947     \&
2948     \& static void
2949     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
2950     \& {
2951     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
2952     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
2953     \& }
2954     \&
2955     \& ...
2956     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2957     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2958     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
2959 root 1.59 .Ve
2960 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2961     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2962 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
2963 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
2964 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
2965     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
2966 root 1.37 .PP
2967     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
2968     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
2969     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
2970     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
2971     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
2972     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
2973 root 1.1 .PP
2974     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
2975     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
2976     .PP
2977     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
2978     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
2979 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
2980 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
2981 root 1.50 .PP
2982     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2983     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2984 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
2985     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
2986 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
2987     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
2988     believe me.
2989 root 1.9 .PP
2990 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2991     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2992     .PP
2993 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
2994     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
2995 root 1.9 .PP
2996     .Vb 7
2997 root 1.68 \& static void
2998 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
2999 root 1.68 \& {
3000     \& free (w);
3001     \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3002     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3003     \& }
3004     \&
3005 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3006 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3007 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3008 root 1.9 .Ve
3009 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3010     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3011 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3012 root 1.71 Prepare and check watchers are usually (but not always) used in pairs:
3013 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3014     afterwards.
3015     .PP
3016 root 1.82 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or similar functions that enter
3017 root 1.20 the current event loop from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR
3018     watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine, however. The
3019     rationale behind this is that you do not need to check for recursion in
3020     those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking,
3021     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each kind they will always be
3022     called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3023     .PP
3024 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3025 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3026 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3027 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3028     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3029     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3030     watcher).
3031 root 1.1 .PP
3032 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3033     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3034     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3035     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3036     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3037     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3038     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3039     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3040 root 1.1 .PP
3041     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3042     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3043     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3044     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3045     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3046     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3047     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3048     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3049 root 1.45 .PP
3050     It is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR)
3051     priority, to ensure that they are being run before any other watchers
3052 root 1.71 after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers).
3053     .PP
3054     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3055     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3056     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3057     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3058     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3059     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3060     others).
3061 root 1.50 .PP
3062     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3063     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3064 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3065     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3066     .PD 0
3067     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3068     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3069     .PD
3070     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3071     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3072 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3073     pointless.
3074 root 1.9 .PP
3075 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3076     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3077     .PP
3078 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3079     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3080     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3081 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3082     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3083     Glib event loop).
3084 root 1.44 .PP
3085     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3086     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3087     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3088     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3089     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3090 root 1.20 .PP
3091     .Vb 2
3092 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3093     \& static ev_timer tw;
3094     \&
3095     \& static void
3096 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3097 root 1.68 \& {
3098     \& }
3099     \&
3100     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3101     \& static void
3102 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3103 root 1.68 \& {
3104     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3105     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3106     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3107     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3108     \&
3109     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3110 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3111 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3112 root 1.60 \&
3113 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3114     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3115     \& {
3116     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3117     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3118     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3119     \&
3120     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3121     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3122     \& }
3123     \& }
3124     \&
3125     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3126     \& static void
3127 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3128 root 1.68 \& {
3129     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3130     \&
3131     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3132     \& {
3133     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3134     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3135     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3136     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3137     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3138     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3139 root 1.60 \&
3140 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3141     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3142     \& }
3143     \&
3144     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3145     \& }
3146 root 1.20 .Ve
3147 root 1.44 .PP
3148     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3149     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3150     .PP
3151     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3152 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3153 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3154     .PP
3155     .Vb 5
3156 root 1.68 \& static void
3157     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3158     \& {
3159     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3160     \& update_now (EV_A);
3161     \&
3162     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3163     \& }
3164     \&
3165     \& static void
3166     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3167     \& {
3168     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3169     \& update_now (EV_A);
3170 root 1.60 \&
3171 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3172     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3173     \& }
3174     \&
3175     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3176 root 1.44 .Ve
3177     .PP
3178     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3179 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3180     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3181     main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV\s0. The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3182     this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3183     libglib event loop.
3184 root 1.44 .PP
3185     .Vb 4
3186 root 1.68 \& static gint
3187     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3188     \& {
3189     \& int got_events = 0;
3190     \&
3191     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3192     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3193     \&
3194     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3195     \& // create/start timer
3196     \&
3197     \& // poll
3198 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3199 root 1.68 \&
3200     \& // stop timer again
3201     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3202     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3203 root 1.60 \&
3204 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3205     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3206     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3207     \&
3208     \& return got_events;
3209     \& }
3210 root 1.44 .Ve
3211 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3212     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3213 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3214 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3215 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3216     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3217 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3218 root 1.10 .PP
3219     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3220     prioritise I/O.
3221     .PP
3222     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3223     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3224     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3225 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3226     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3227     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3228     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3229     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3230     .PP
3231     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3232     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3233     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3234     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3235     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3236 root 1.10 .PP
3237 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3238     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3239     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3240     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3241     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3242     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3243     .PP
3244     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3245     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3246     .PP
3247     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3248     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3249     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3250     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3251 root 1.10 .PP
3252 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3253 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3254     portable one.
3255     .PP
3256     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3257     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3258     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3259 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3260 root 1.50 .PP
3261 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3262     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3263     .PP
3264     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3265     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3266     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3267     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3268     as applicable.
3269     .PP
3270 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3271     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3272 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3273     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3274 root 1.10 .PD 0
3275 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3276     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3277 root 1.10 .PD
3278 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3279     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3280     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3281     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3282 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3283 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3284     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3285     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3286 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3287 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3288 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3289     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3290 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3291 root 1.60 .PP
3292     \fIExamples\fR
3293     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3294     .PP
3295     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3296     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3297 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3298     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3299 root 1.60 used).
3300     .PP
3301     .Vb 3
3302 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3303     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3304 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3305 root 1.68 \&
3306     \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3307     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3308     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3309     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3310     \& : 0;
3311     \&
3312     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3313     \& if (loop_lo)
3314     \& {
3315     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3316     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3317     \& }
3318     \& else
3319     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3320 root 1.60 .Ve
3321     .PP
3322     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3323     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3324     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3325     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3326     .PP
3327     .Vb 3
3328 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3329     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3330 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3331 root 1.68 \&
3332     \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3333     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3334     \& {
3335     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3336     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3337     \& }
3338 root 1.60 \&
3339 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3340     \& loop_socket = loop;
3341 root 1.60 \&
3342 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3343 root 1.60 .Ve
3344 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3345     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3346 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3347     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3348     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3349     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the
3350     event loop blocks next and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called,
3351     and only in the child after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling
3352     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats and calls it in the wrong process, the fork
3353     handlers will be invoked, too, of course.
3354 root 1.51 .PP
3355 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3356     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3357     .PP
3358 root 1.82 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3359 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3360     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3361     .PP
3362     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3363     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3364     fork.
3365     .PP
3366     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3367     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3368     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3369     .PP
3370     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3371     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3372     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3373     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3374     .PP
3375     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3376     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3377     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3378     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3379     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3380     signal watchers).
3381     .PP
3382     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3383     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3384 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3385     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3386     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3387     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3388     signal watchers.
3389 root 1.78 .PP
3390 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3391     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3392 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3393     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3394 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3395     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3396 root 1.82 really.
3397     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3398     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3399     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3400     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3401     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3402     .PP
3403     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3404     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3405     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3406     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3407     .PP
3408     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3409     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3410     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3411     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3412     .PP
3413     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3414     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3415     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3416     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3417     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3418     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3419     pointless, I assure you.
3420     .PP
3421     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3422     cleanup functions are called.
3423     .PP
3424     .Vb 5
3425     \& static void
3426     \& program_exits (void)
3427     \& {
3428     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3429     \& }
3430     \&
3431     \& ...
3432     \& atexit (program_exits);
3433     .Ve
3434     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3435     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3436     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3437 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3438 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3439     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3440     .PP
3441 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3442     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3443     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3444     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3445 root 1.61 .PP
3446     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3447     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3448     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3449 root 1.85 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_sent\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3450     of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3451     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3452     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3453 root 1.61 .PP
3454     \fIQueueing\fR
3455     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3456     .PP
3457     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3458     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3459     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3460 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3461     semantics.
3462 root 1.61 .PP
3463     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3464 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3465 root 1.61 queue:
3466     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3467     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3468     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3469 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3470     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3471 root 1.61 .Sp
3472     .Vb 1
3473     \& static ev_async mysig;
3474     \&
3475     \& static void
3476     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3477     \& {
3478     \& sometype data;
3479     \&
3480     \& // no locking etc.
3481     \& queue_put (data);
3482     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3483     \& }
3484     \&
3485     \& static void
3486     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3487     \& {
3488     \& sometype data;
3489     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3490     \&
3491     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3492     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3493     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3494     \&
3495     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3496     \& process (data);
3497     \&
3498     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3499     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3500     \& }
3501     .Ve
3502     .Sp
3503     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3504     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3505     either...).
3506     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3507     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3508     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3509     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3510     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3511     .Sp
3512     .Vb 2
3513     \& static ev_async mysig;
3514     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3515     \&
3516     \& static void
3517     \& otherthread (void)
3518     \& {
3519     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3520     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3521     \& queue_put (data);
3522     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3523     \&
3524     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3525     \& }
3526     \&
3527     \& static void
3528     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3529     \& {
3530     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3531     \&
3532     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3533     \& process (data);
3534     \&
3535     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3536     \& }
3537     .Ve
3538     .PP
3539     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3540     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3541     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3542     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3543     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3544 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3545 root 1.71 trust me.
3546 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3547     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3548     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3549 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3550     returns.
3551     .Sp
3552     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3553     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3554     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3555 root 1.61 .Sp
3556 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3557 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3558     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3559     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3560     .Sp
3561     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3562     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3563     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3564     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3565     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3566     zero) under load.
3567 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3568     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3569     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3570     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3571     event loop.
3572     .Sp
3573     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3574     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3575     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3576 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3577 root 1.63 .Sp
3578 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3579     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3580     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3581     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3582 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3583     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3584     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3585     .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)" 4
3586     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)"
3587     This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3588 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3589 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3590     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3591     more watchers yourself.
3592     .Sp
3593 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3594     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3595     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3596 root 1.1 .Sp
3597     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3598     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3599 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3600 root 1.1 .Sp
3601 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3602 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3603 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3604 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3605     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3606     events precedence.
3607     .Sp
3608     Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0.
3609 root 1.1 .Sp
3610     .Vb 7
3611 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3612     \& {
3613 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3614     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3615 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3616 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3617     \& }
3618 root 1.60 \&
3619 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3620 root 1.1 .Ve
3621 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3622     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3623 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3624 root 1.88 the given events.
3625 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3626     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3627 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3628     which is async-safe.
3629     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3630     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3631     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3632     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3633     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3634     .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING\s0 \s-1CUSTOM\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0"
3635     .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3636     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3637     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3638     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3639     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3640     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3641     data:
3642     .PP
3643     .Vb 7
3644     \& struct my_io
3645     \& {
3646     \& ev_io io;
3647     \& int otherfd;
3648     \& void *somedata;
3649     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3650     \& };
3651     \&
3652     \& ...
3653     \& struct my_io w;
3654     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3655     .Ve
3656     .PP
3657     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3658     can cast it back to your own type:
3659     .PP
3660     .Vb 5
3661     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3662     \& {
3663     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3664     \& ...
3665     \& }
3666     .Ve
3667     .PP
3668     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3669     function type instead have been omitted.
3670     .SS "\s-1BUILDING\s0 \s-1YOUR\s0 \s-1OWN\s0 \s-1COMPOSITE\s0 \s-1WATCHERS\s0"
3671     .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3672     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3673     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3674     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3675     .PP
3676     .Vb 6
3677     \& struct my_biggy
3678     \& {
3679     \& int some_data;
3680     \& ev_timer t1;
3681     \& ev_timer t2;
3682     \& }
3683     .Ve
3684     .PP
3685     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3686     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3687     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3688     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3689     real programmers):
3690     .PP
3691     .Vb 1
3692     \& #include <stddef.h>
3693     \&
3694     \& static void
3695     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3696     \& {
3697     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3698     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3699     \& }
3700     \&
3701     \& static void
3702     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3703     \& {
3704     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3705     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3706     \& }
3707     .Ve
3708 root 1.88 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING\s0 \s-1FINISHING\s0 \s-1BEFORE\s0 \s-1RETURNING\s0"
3709     .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3710     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3711     .PP
3712     .Vb 4
3713     \& callback ()
3714     \& {
3715     \& free (request);
3716     \& }
3717     \&
3718     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3719     .Ve
3720     .PP
3721     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3722     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3723     .PP
3724     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3725     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3726     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3727     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3728     .PP
3729     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3730     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3731     .PP
3732     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3733     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3734     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3735     already been invoked.
3736     .PP
3737     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3738     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3739     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3740     delay invoking the callback by e.g. using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher
3741     for example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher
3742     and pushing it into the pending queue:
3743     .PP
3744     .Vb 2
3745     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3746     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3747     .Ve
3748     .PP
3749     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3750     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3751 root 1.85 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED\s0 \s-1EVENT\s0 \s-1LOOP\s0 \s-1INVOCATIONS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1EXIT\s0 \s-1CONDITIONS\s0"
3752     .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3753     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3754     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3755     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3756     .PP
3757     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3758     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3759     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3760     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3761     other combination: In these cases, \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work alone.
3762     .PP
3763     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3764     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3765     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3766     .PP
3767     .Vb 2
3768     \& // main loop
3769     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3770     \&
3771     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3772     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3773     \&
3774 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3775 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3776     \&
3777     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3778     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3779     .Ve
3780     .PP
3781     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3782     .PP
3783     .Vb 2
3784     \& // exit modal loop
3785     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3786     \&
3787     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3788     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3789     \&
3790     \& // exit both
3791     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3792     .Ve
3793     .SS "\s-1THREAD\s0 \s-1LOCKING\s0 \s-1EXAMPLE\s0"
3794     .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3795     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3796     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3797     created/added/removed.
3798     .PP
3799     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3800     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3801     languages).
3802     .PP
3803     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3804     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3805     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3806     .PP
3807     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3808     .PP
3809     .Vb 6
3810     \& typedef struct {
3811     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3812     \& ev_async async_w;
3813     \& thread_t tid;
3814     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3815     \& } userdata;
3816     \&
3817     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3818     \& {
3819     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3820     \& static userdata u;
3821     \&
3822     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3823     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3824     \&
3825     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3826     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3827     \&
3828     \& // now associate this with the loop
3829     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3830     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3831     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3832     \&
3833 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3834 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3835     \& }
3836     .Ve
3837     .PP
3838     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3839     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3840     that might have been added:
3841     .PP
3842     .Vb 5
3843     \& static void
3844     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3845     \& {
3846     \& // just used for the side effects
3847     \& }
3848     .Ve
3849     .PP
3850     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
3851     protecting the loop data, respectively.
3852     .PP
3853     .Vb 6
3854     \& static void
3855     \& l_release (EV_P)
3856     \& {
3857     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3858     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3859     \& }
3860     \&
3861     \& static void
3862     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
3863     \& {
3864     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3865     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3866     \& }
3867     .Ve
3868     .PP
3869     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
3870     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
3871     .PP
3872     .Vb 4
3873     \& void *
3874     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
3875     \& {
3876     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
3877     \&
3878     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
3879     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
3880     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3881     \& l_release (EV_A);
3882     \&
3883     \& return 0;
3884     \& }
3885     .Ve
3886     .PP
3887     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
3888     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
3889     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
3890     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
3891     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
3892     watchers is very beneficial):
3893     .PP
3894     .Vb 4
3895     \& static void
3896     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
3897     \& {
3898     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3899     \&
3900     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
3901     \& {
3902     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
3903     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
3904     \& }
3905     \& }
3906     .Ve
3907     .PP
3908     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
3909     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
3910     thread to continue:
3911     .PP
3912     .Vb 4
3913     \& static void
3914     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
3915     \& {
3916     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3917     \&
3918     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3919     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
3920     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
3921     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3922     \& }
3923     .Ve
3924     .PP
3925     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
3926     event loop, you will now have to lock:
3927     .PP
3928     .Vb 2
3929     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
3930     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3931     \&
3932     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
3933     \&
3934     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3935     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
3936     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3937     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3938     .Ve
3939     .PP
3940     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
3941     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
3942     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
3943     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
3944     .SS "\s-1THREADS\s0, \s-1COROUTINES\s0, \s-1CONTINUATIONS\s0, \s-1QUEUES\s0... \s-1INSTEAD\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1CALLBACKS\s0"
3945     .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
3946     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
3947     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
3948     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
3949     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
3950     .PP
3951     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
3952     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
3953     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
3954     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
3955     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
3956     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
3957     .PP
3958     .Vb 2
3959     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
3960     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
3961     .Ve
3962     .PP
3963     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
3964     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
3965     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
3966     .PP
3967     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
3968     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
3969     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
3970     called):
3971     .PP
3972     .Vb 6
3973     \& void
3974     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
3975     \& {
3976     \& ev_cb_set (w) = current_coro;
3977     \& switch_to (libev_coro);
3978     \& }
3979     .Ve
3980     .PP
3981     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
3982     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
3983 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
3984 root 1.85 .PP
3985     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
3986     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
3987     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
3988     any waiters.
3989     .PP
3990     To embed libev, see \s-1EMBEDDING\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
3991     files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
3992     .PP
3993     .Vb 4
3994     \& // my_ev.h
3995     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
3996     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb);
3997     \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
3998     \&
3999     \& // my_ev.c
4000     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4001     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4002     .Ve
4003     .PP
4004     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4005     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4006     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4007 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4008     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4009     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4010     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4011 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4012 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4013     .Sp
4014     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4015     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4016     .IP "\(bu" 4
4017 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4018     .IP "\(bu" 4
4019     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4020     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4021     .IP "\(bu" 4
4022     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4023     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4024     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4025     .IP "\(bu" 4
4026     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4027     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4028     is an ev_pri field.
4029     .IP "\(bu" 4
4030 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4031 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4032 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4033 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4034     .IP "\(bu" 4
4035     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4036     to use the libev header file and library.
4037 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4038     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4039 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4040 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4041 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4042     .PP
4043     To use it,
4044     .PP
4045     .Vb 1
4046 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4047 root 1.13 .Ve
4048     .PP
4049 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4050     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4051     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4052     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4053     .PP
4054 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4055     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4056     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4057     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4058 root 1.41 .PP
4059 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4060     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4061     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4062     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4063     (preferably after implementing it).
4064 root 1.13 .PP
4065 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4066     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4067     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4068     .PP
4069 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4070 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4071 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4072     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4073     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4074     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4075 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4076 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4077     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4078     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4079 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4080 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4081     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4082     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4083     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4084     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4085 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4086 root 1.13 .Sp
4087     All of those classes have these methods:
4088     .RS 4
4089 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4090     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4091 root 1.13 .PD 0
4092 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4093     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4094 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4095     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4096     .PD
4097 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4098     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4099     .Sp
4100     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4101     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4102     .Sp
4103     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4104     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4105     .Sp
4106     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4107     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4108 root 1.13 .Sp
4109     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4110 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4111     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4112     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4113     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4114     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4115     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4116     .Sp
4117     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4118     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4119     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4120     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4121     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4122     .Sp
4123     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4124     .Sp
4125     .Vb 4
4126 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4127     \& {
4128     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4129     \& }
4130     \&
4131     \& myclass obj;
4132     \& ev::io iow;
4133     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4134 root 1.41 .Ve
4135 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4136     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4137     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4138     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4139     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4140     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4141     list.
4142     .Sp
4143     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4144     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4145     .Sp
4146     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4147     .Sp
4148     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4149     .Sp
4150     .Vb 7
4151     \& struct myfunctor
4152     \& {
4153     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4154     \& {
4155     \& ...
4156     \& }
4157     \& }
4158     \&
4159     \& myfunctor f;
4160     \&
4161     \& ev::io w;
4162     \& w.set (&f);
4163     .Ve
4164 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4165     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4166 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4167     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4168     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4169     .Sp
4170 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4171     .Sp
4172 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4173 root 1.43 .Sp
4174 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4175 root 1.43 .Sp
4176     .Vb 2
4177 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4178     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4179 root 1.43 .Ve
4180 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4181     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4182 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4183     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4184 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4185     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4186 root 1.82 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR, with the same arguments. Either this
4187     method or a suitable start method must be called at least once. Unlike the
4188     C counterpart, an active watcher gets automatically stopped and restarted
4189     when reconfiguring it with this method.
4190 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4191     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4192 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4193     constructor already stores the event loop.
4194 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4195     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4196     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4197     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4198     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4199 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4200     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4201     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4202 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4203 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4204     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4205 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4206     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4207 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4208     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4209     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4210 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4211 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4212     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4213     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4214 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4215 root 1.13 .RE
4216     .RS 4
4217     .RE
4218     .PP
4219 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4220     watchers in the constructor.
4221 root 1.13 .PP
4222 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4223 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4224     \& {
4225 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4226 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4227 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4228 root 1.68 \&
4229     \& myclass (int fd)
4230     \& {
4231     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4232 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4233 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4234     \&
4235 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4236     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4237     \&
4238     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4239 root 1.68 \& }
4240     \& };
4241 root 1.13 .Ve
4242 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4243     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4244     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4245 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4246 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4247     me a note.
4248     .IP "Perl" 4
4249     .IX Item "Perl"
4250     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4251     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4252     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4253 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4254     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4255     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4256 root 1.62 .Sp
4257 root 1.68 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN\s0, its homepage is at
4258 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4259 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4260     .IX Item "Python"
4261     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4262 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4263 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4264     .IX Item "Ruby"
4265     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4266 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4267 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4268     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4269 root 1.75 .Sp
4270     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4271     makes rev work even on mingw.
4272 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4273     .IX Item "Haskell"
4274     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4275 root 1.88 http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi-bin/hackage-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4276 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4277     .IX Item "D"
4278     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4279 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4280 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4281     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4282     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4283 root 1.88 http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/ <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml-ev/>.
4284 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4285     .IX Item "Lua"
4286 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4287     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4288 root 1.88 http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev <http://github.com/brimworks/lua-ev>.
4289 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4290     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4291 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4292 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4293     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4294 root 1.24 .PP
4295     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4296     following macros are defined:
4297 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4298 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4299     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4300     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4301     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4302     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4303     .Sp
4304     .Vb 3
4305 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4306     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4307 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4308 root 1.24 .Ve
4309     .Sp
4310     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4311     which is often provided by the following macro.
4312 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4313 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4314     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4315     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4316     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4317     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4318     .Sp
4319     .Vb 2
4320 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4321     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4322 root 1.60 \&
4323 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4324     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4325 root 1.24 .Ve
4326     .Sp
4327     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4328     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4329 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4330 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4331     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4332     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4333 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4334     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4335     .Sp
4336     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4337     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4338 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4339 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4340     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4341     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4342     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4343     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4344     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4345     .Sp
4346     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4347     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4348 root 1.24 .PP
4349 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4350 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4351 root 1.36 or not.
4352 root 1.24 .PP
4353     .Vb 5
4354 root 1.68 \& static void
4355     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4356     \& {
4357     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4358     \& }
4359     \&
4360     \& ev_check check;
4361     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4362     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4363 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4364 root 1.24 .Ve
4365 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4366     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4367     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4368     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4369     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4370 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4371 root 1.14 .PP
4372 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4373 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4374     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4375     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4376 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4377 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4378     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4379 root 1.68 in your application.
4380 root 1.14 .PP
4381     \fI\s-1CORE\s0 \s-1EVENT\s0 \s-1LOOP\s0\fR
4382     .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4383     .PP
4384     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4385     configuration (no autoconf):
4386     .PP
4387     .Vb 2
4388 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4389     \& #include "ev.c"
4390 root 1.14 .Ve
4391     .PP
4392     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4393     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4394     it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
4395     done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4396     where you can put other configuration options):
4397     .PP
4398     .Vb 2
4399 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4400     \& #include "ev.h"
4401 root 1.14 .Ve
4402     .PP
4403     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4404 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4405 root 1.14 as a bug).
4406     .PP
4407     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4408     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4409     .PP
4410     .Vb 4
4411 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4412     \& ev.c
4413     \& ev_vars.h
4414     \& ev_wrap.h
4415     \&
4416     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4417     \&
4418     \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)
4419     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4420     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4421     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4422     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4423 root 1.14 .Ve
4424     .PP
4425     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4426 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4427 root 1.14 .PP
4428     \fI\s-1LIBEVENT\s0 \s-1COMPATIBILITY\s0 \s-1API\s0\fR
4429     .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4430     .PP
4431     To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API\s0, also include:
4432     .PP
4433     .Vb 1
4434 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4435 root 1.14 .Ve
4436     .PP
4437     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4438     .PP
4439     .Vb 1
4440 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4441 root 1.14 .Ve
4442     .PP
4443     in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API\s0. This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4444     .PP
4445     You need the following additional files for this:
4446     .PP
4447     .Vb 2
4448 root 1.68 \& event.h
4449     \& event.c
4450 root 1.14 .Ve
4451     .PP
4452     \fI\s-1AUTOCONF\s0 \s-1SUPPORT\s0\fR
4453     .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4454     .PP
4455 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4456 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4457 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4458     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4459 root 1.14 .PP
4460     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4461     .PP
4462     .Vb 1
4463 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4464 root 1.14 .Ve
4465 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4466 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4467 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4468 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4469     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4470     .PP
4471     Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI\s0, and can have different
4472     values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4473     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4474     to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI\s0, which means all
4475     users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4476     settings.
4477     .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
4478     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4479     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4480     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4481     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4482     .Sp
4483     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4484     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4485     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4486     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4487     typedef in that case.
4488     .Sp
4489     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4490     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4491     removed completely.
4492     .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
4493     .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4494 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4495     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4496     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4497     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4498     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4499 root 1.75 .Sp
4500 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4501 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4502 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4503     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4504     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4505     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4506     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4507     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4508     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4509     this.
4510 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4511     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4512     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4513 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4514     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4515     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4516     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4517 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4518 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4519 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4520     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4521     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4522 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4523     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4524     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4525     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4526     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4527     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4528     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4529 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4530     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4531     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4532     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4533     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4534     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4535     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4536     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4537     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4538     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4539 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4540     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4541     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4542     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4543 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4544     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4545     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4546     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4547     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4548     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4549     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4550 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4551     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4552     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4553 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4554 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4555     will not be compiled in.
4556     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4557     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4558     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4559     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4560 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4561     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4562     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4563     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4564     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4565 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4566     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4567     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4568     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4569     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4570     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4571     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4572     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4573     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4574 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4575     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4576 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4577     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4578     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4579     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4580     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4581 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4582     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4583     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4584     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4585     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4586     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4587     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4588     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4589     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4590     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4591     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4592     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4593 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4594     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4595     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4596     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4597     takes precedence over select.
4598     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4599     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4600     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4601     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4602 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4603     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4604     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4605 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4606     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4607     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4608     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4609     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4610     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4611     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4612     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4613     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4614 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4615 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4616     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4617     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4618     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4619     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4620     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4621     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4622     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4623     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4624 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4625 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4626     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4627     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4628     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4629 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4630     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4631 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4632     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4633     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4634     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4635     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4636     and makes libev faster.
4637     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4638     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4639     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called
4640     from different threads, which is a stronger assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR,
4641     above. This reduces dependencies and makes libev faster.
4642 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4643     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4644     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4645 root 1.88 access is atomic and serialised with respect to other threads or signal
4646     contexts. No such type is easily found in the C language, so you can
4647     provide your own type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used
4648     both for signal handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety
4649     in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers.
4650 root 1.61 .Sp
4651 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4652 root 1.88 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms,
4653     although strictly speaking using a type that also implies a memory fence
4654     is required.
4655 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4656     .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4657 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4658 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4659     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4660 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4661     .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4662 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4663     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4664     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4665 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4666     .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4667 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4668 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4669 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4670     .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4671 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4672     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4673     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4674     around libev functions.
4675     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4676     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4677     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4678     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4679     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4680     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4681     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4682 root 1.88 .Sp
4683     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4684     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4685     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4686 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4687     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4688     .PD 0
4689     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4690     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4691     .PD
4692     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4693     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4694     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4695     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4696     .Sp
4697     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4698     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4699     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4700     fine.
4701     .Sp
4702 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4703     both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU\s0.
4704 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_IDLE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_EMBED_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_STAT_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_PREPARE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHECK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_FORK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_ASYNC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHILD_ENABLE\s0." 4
4705     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4706     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4707     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4708     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4709     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4710     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4711 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4712 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4713     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4714     that can be enabled on the platform.
4715     .Sp
4716     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4717     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4718     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4719     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4720     backend, use this:
4721     .Sp
4722     .Vb 5
4723     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4724     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4725     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4726     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4727     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4728     .Ve
4729     .Sp
4730     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4731 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4732 root 1.82 .RS 4
4733     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4734     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4735     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4736     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4737     .Sp
4738     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4739     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4740     .Sp
4741     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4742     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4743     assertions.
4744 root 1.91 .Sp
4745     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4746     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4747 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4748     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4749     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4750     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4751     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4752     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4753     runtime.
4754 root 1.91 .Sp
4755     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4756     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4757 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4758     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4759     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4760     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4761     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4762     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4763     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4764     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4765     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4766     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4767     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4768     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4769     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4770     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4771     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4772     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4773     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4774     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4775     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4776     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4777     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4778     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4779     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4780     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4781     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4782     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4783     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4784     default.
4785     .RE
4786     .RS 4
4787     .Sp
4788     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4789     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4790     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4791     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4792     .Sp
4793     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4794     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4795     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4796     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4797     .RE
4798 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
4799     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
4800     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
4801     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
4802     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
4803     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
4804     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
4805     .Sp
4806     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
4807     wants to use libev.
4808     .Sp
4809     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
4810     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
4811 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4812     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4813     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4814     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4815     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4816     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4817     big.
4818     .Sp
4819     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4820     enabled.
4821 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4822     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4823     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4824     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4825     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4826     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4827 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4828 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4829 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4830     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4831     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4832 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4833     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4834     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4835 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4836     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4837 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4838 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4839     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4840     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4841     power of two).
4842 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4843     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
4844     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4845 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
4846     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
4847     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
4848 root 1.65 .Sp
4849 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4850     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4851 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
4852     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
4853     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4854 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
4855 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
4856     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
4857 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
4858 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
4859 root 1.65 .Sp
4860 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4861     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4862 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
4863     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
4864 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
4865 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
4866     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
4867     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
4868     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
4869     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
4870     libev considerably.
4871     .Sp
4872 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4873     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4874 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
4875     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
4876     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
4877 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
4878 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
4879     though, and it must be identical each time.
4880     .Sp
4881     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
4882     .Sp
4883     .Vb 3
4884 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
4885     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
4886     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
4887 root 1.14 .Ve
4888 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
4889     .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
4890 root 1.14 .PD 0
4891 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
4892     .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
4893     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
4894     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
4895 root 1.14 .PD
4896     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
4897     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
4898 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
4899 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
4900 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
4901     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
4902 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED\s0 \s-1API\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS\s0"
4903 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
4904 root 1.68 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
4905 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
4906     all public symbols, one per line:
4907 root 1.60 .PP
4908 root 1.53 .Vb 2
4909 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
4910     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
4911 root 1.53 .Ve
4912 root 1.60 .PP
4913 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
4914     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
4915 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
4916 root 1.60 .PP
4917 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
4918 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
4919 root 1.60 .PP
4920 root 1.53 .Vb 1
4921 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
4922 root 1.53 .Ve
4923 root 1.60 .PP
4924 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
4925 root 1.60 .PP
4926 root 1.53 .Vb 4
4927     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
4928     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
4929     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
4930     \& ...
4931     .Ve
4932 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
4933 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
4934     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
4935     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
4936     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
4937     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
4938     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
4939     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
4940     file.
4941 root 1.60 .PP
4942 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
4943 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
4944 root 1.60 .PP
4945 root 1.82 .Vb 8
4946     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
4947     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
4948     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
4949     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
4950     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
4951     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4952     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
4953 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
4954 root 1.60 \&
4955 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
4956 root 1.14 .Ve
4957 root 1.60 .PP
4958 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
4959 root 1.60 .PP
4960 root 1.14 .Vb 2
4961 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
4962     \& #include "ev.c"
4963 root 1.14 .Ve
4964 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
4965     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
4966 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1THREADS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1COROUTINES\s0"
4967 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
4968     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
4969 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
4970 root 1.72 .PP
4971 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
4972 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
4973     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
4974     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
4975     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
4976     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
4977 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
4978     .PP
4979     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
4980     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
4981     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
4982     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
4983     a mutex per loop).
4984     .PP
4985     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
4986     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
4987     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
4988     outside\*(R".
4989 root 1.64 .PP
4990 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
4991     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
4992 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
4993 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4994     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
4995 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
4996 root 1.64 .Sp
4997     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
4998     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
4999     .IP "\(bu" 4
5000     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5001     .Sp
5002     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5003     exists, but it is always a good start.
5004     .IP "\(bu" 4
5005     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5006 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5007 root 1.64 .Sp
5008 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5009 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5010     .IP "\(bu" 4
5011     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5012 root 1.71 event loop.
5013     .Sp
5014     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5015     (or from signal contexts...).
5016     .Sp
5017     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5018     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5019     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5020     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5021 root 1.72 .PP
5022 root 1.85 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD\s0 \s-1LOCKING\s0 \s-1EXAMPLE\s0\*(R".
5023 root 1.79 .PP
5024 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5025 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5026 root 1.72 .PP
5027     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5028     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5029 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5030 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5031     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5032     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5033 root 1.64 .PP
5034 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5035 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5036 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5037 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1COMPILER\s0 \s-1WARNINGS\s0"
5038 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5039     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5040     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5041     scared by this.
5042     .PP
5043     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5044     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5045     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5046     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5047     .PP
5048     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5049     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5050     maintainable.
5051     .PP
5052     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5053     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5054     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5055 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5056 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5057     such buggy versions.
5058     .PP
5059     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5060     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5061     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5062     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5063     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5064 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5065 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5066     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5067     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5068     .PP
5069     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5070     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5071     .PP
5072     .Vb 3
5073     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5074     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5075     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5076     .Ve
5077     .PP
5078     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5079 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5080 root 1.72 .PP
5081     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5082     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5083     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5084     confused.
5085     .PP
5086     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5087     make it into some kind of religion.
5088     .PP
5089     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5090     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5091     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5092     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5093     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5094 root 1.60 .PP
5095 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5096     I suggest using suppression lists.
5097     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5098     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5099 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX\s0 32 \s-1BIT\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0"
5100     .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5101     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5102     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5103     .PP
5104     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5105     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5106     .PP
5107     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5108     by enabling the large file \s-1API\s0, which makes them incompatible with the
5109     standard libev compiled for their system.
5110     .PP
5111     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5112     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5113     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5114     .SS "\s-1OS/X\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1DARWIN\s0 \s-1BUGS\s0"
5115     .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5116     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5117     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5118     OpenGL drivers.
5119     .PP
5120     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5121     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5122     .PP
5123     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5124     only sockets, many support pipes.
5125     .PP
5126     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5127     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5128     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5129     probably going to work well.
5130     .PP
5131     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5132     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5133     .PP
5134     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5135     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5136     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5137     .PP
5138     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5139     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5140     a loop.
5141     .PP
5142     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5143     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5144     .PP
5145     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5146     one up as well: On \s-1OS/X\s0, \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5147     descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5148     you use more.
5149     .PP
5150     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5151     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5152     work on \s-1OS/X\s0.
5153     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS\s0 \s-1PROBLEMS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5154     .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5155     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5156     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5157     .PP
5158     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5159     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5160     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5161     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5162     .PP
5163     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5164     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5165     .PP
5166     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5167     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5168     .PP
5169     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5170     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5171     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5172     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5173     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5174     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5175     great.
5176     .PP
5177     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5178     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5179     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5180     .SS "\s-1AIX\s0 \s-1POLL\s0 \s-1BUG\s0"
5181     .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5182     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5183     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5184     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5185     with large bitsets on \s-1AIX\s0, and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5186 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WIN32\s0 \s-1PLATFORM\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5187 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5188 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5189     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5190     .PP
5191 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5192     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5193     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5194     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5195     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5196 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5197 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5198 root 1.82 environment.
5199 root 1.60 .PP
5200 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5201 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5202     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5203     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5204 root 1.65 .PP
5205 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5206     embedding it into other applications.
5207     .PP
5208 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5209     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5210     .PP
5211 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5212     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5213     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5214     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5215 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5216 root 1.68 available).
5217     .PP
5218 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5219     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5220     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5221     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5222 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5223 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5224 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5225 root 1.68 .PP
5226     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5227     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5228     of \fIev.h\fR:
5229     .PP
5230     .Vb 2
5231     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5232     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5233     \&
5234     \& #include "ev.h"
5235     .Ve
5236     .PP
5237     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5238 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5239 root 1.68 .PP
5240     .Vb 2
5241     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5242     \& #include "ev.c"
5243     .Ve
5244 root 1.82 .PP
5245     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5246     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5247     .PP
5248 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5249     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5250     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5251 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5252     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5253 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5254     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5255 root 1.82 .PP
5256 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5257 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5258 root 1.82 .PP
5259 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5260 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5261     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5262 root 1.60 .Ve
5263 root 1.82 .PP
5264 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5265     complexity in the O(nA\*^X) range when using win32.
5266 root 1.82 .PP
5267     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5268     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5269     .PP
5270 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5271 root 1.82 .PP
5272 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5273     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5274 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5275 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5276 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5277 root 1.82 .PP
5278 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5279     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5280 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5281     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5282 root 1.82 .PP
5283 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5284 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5285     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5286     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5287     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5288     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5289     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5290     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5291     the cost of calling select (O(nA\*^X)) will likely make this unworkable.
5292 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY\s0 \s-1REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5293 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5294     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5295     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5296 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5297 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5298     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5299     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5300     structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO\s0 C for example), but it also
5301     assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5302     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5303     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5304 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5305     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5306     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5307     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5308 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5309     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5310     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5311     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5312 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5313 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5314     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5315     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5316     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5317     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5318     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5319     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5320     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5321     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5322     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5323     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5324     .Sp
5325     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5326     except the initial one, and run the default loop in the initial thread as
5327     well.
5328     .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5329     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5330     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5331 root 1.72 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API\s0, libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5332     instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5333     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5334     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5335     watchers.
5336 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5337     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5338     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5339     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5340 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5341     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5342     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5343 root 1.88 implementations using \s-1IEEE\s0 754, which is basically all existing ones.
5344     .Sp
5345     With \s-1IEEE\s0 754 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5346     year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5347     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5348     something like that, just kidding).
5349 root 1.65 .PP
5350     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5351 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5352     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5353     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5354     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5355     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5356 root 1.67 .PP
5357 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5358     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5359     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5360     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5361     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5362     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5363     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5364     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5365     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5366     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5367     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5368     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5369     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5370     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5371     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5372     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5373     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5374     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5375     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5376     .PD 0
5377     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5378     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5379     .PD
5380     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5381     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5382     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5383     is rare).
5384     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5385     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5386     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5387     fixed position in the storage array.
5388     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5389     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5390     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5391     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5392     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5393     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5394     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5395     .PD 0
5396     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5397     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5398     .PD
5399     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5400     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5401     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5402     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5403     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5404     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5405     .PD 0
5406     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5407     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5408     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5409     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5410     .PD
5411     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5412 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5413     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5414     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5415 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5416     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5417     The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API\s0.
5418     .PP
5419     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5420     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5421     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5422     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5423     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5424     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5425     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5426     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5427     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1MACROS\s0\*(R" in \s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS\s0 in the \s-1EMBEDDING\s0
5428     section.
5429     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5430     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5431     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5432     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5433     .Sp
5434     .Vb 2
5435     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5436     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5437     .Ve
5438     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5439     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5440     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5441     .Sp
5442     .Vb 3
5443     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5444     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5445     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5446     \&
5447     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5448     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5449     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5450     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5451     \&
5452     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5453     \&
5454     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5455     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5456     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5457     .Ve
5458     .Sp
5459     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5460     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5461     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5462     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5463     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5464     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5465     typedef.
5466     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5467     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5468     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5469     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5470     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5471     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5472 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5473     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5474     .IP "active" 4
5475     .IX Item "active"
5476 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5477     See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5478 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5479     .IX Item "application"
5480     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5481 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5482     .IX Item "backend"
5483     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5484 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5485     .IX Item "callback"
5486     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5487     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5488     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5489 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5490     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5491 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5492     .IP "event" 4
5493     .IX Item "event"
5494     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5495     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5496     any other events happening anymore.
5497     .Sp
5498     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5499 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5500 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5501     .IX Item "event library"
5502     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5503     .IP "event loop" 4
5504     .IX Item "event loop"
5505     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5506     into callback invocations.
5507     .IP "event model" 4
5508     .IX Item "event model"
5509     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5510     watchers and events.
5511     .IP "pending" 4
5512     .IX Item "pending"
5513 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5514     detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5515 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5516     .IX Item "real time"
5517     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5518     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5519     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5520     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5521 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5522 root 1.78 clock.
5523     .IP "watcher" 4
5524     .IX Item "watcher"
5525     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5526     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5527 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5528     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5529 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5530 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.